1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1813 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1828 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1833 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1834 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1848 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1851 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1863 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1864 input_section
->output_section
);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1873 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1877 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1878 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1896 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1904 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1905 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1906 input_section
->output_section
);
1907 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1909 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1914 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1915 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1946 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1950 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1970 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1972 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1986 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2005 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2007 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2136 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2147 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2154 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2162 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2194 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2200 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2209 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2269 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2278 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2286 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2303 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2310 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2312 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2313 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2317 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2326 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2331 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2334 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2339 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2340 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2344 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2345 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2354 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2364 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2366 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2367 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2369 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2382 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2384 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2386 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2388 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2396 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2410 asection
*input_section
;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2429 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2430 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2433 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2435 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2438 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2444 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2445 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2448 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2449 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2460 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2461 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2463 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2468 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2472 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2481 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2482 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2485 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2492 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2499 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2501 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2509 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2510 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2511 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2513 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2520 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2522 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2525 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2530 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2540 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2541 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2548 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2550 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2561 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2569 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2571 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2572 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2582 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2585 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2593 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2598 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2603 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2615 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2616 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2645 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2646 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2647 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2648 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2662 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2666 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2667 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2692 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2693 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2695 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2696 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2697 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2698 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2720 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2721 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2722 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2723 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2745 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2746 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2747 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2748 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2749 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2750 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2751 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2752 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2753 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2754 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2755 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2791 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2795 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2797 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2822 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2824 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2850 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2852 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2854 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2856 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2857 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2859 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2860 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2862 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2863 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2865 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2866 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2874 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2877 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2878 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2880 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2884 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2892 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2909 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2910 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2916 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2917 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2919 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2920 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2921 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2925 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2927 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2933 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2934 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2938 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2953 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2955 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2956 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2958 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2960 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2963 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2976 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2977 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2979 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2981 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2982 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2983 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2985 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2990 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2991 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2993 + sec
->output_offset
2994 + output_section
->vma
);
2996 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3001 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3002 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3005 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3012 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3015 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3017 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3018 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3020 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3023 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3025 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3028 static INLINE hashval_t
3029 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3032 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3039 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3041 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3043 return (entry
->symndx
3044 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3045 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3046 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3047 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3048 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3049 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3053 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3055 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3056 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3058 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3059 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3060 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3061 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3062 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3063 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3064 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3068 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3072 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3073 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3074 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3075 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3076 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3080 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3082 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3084 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3085 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3086 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3087 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3088 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3089 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3090 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3094 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3096 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3098 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3099 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3103 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3105 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3107 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3108 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3109 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3112 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3114 static struct mips_got_info
*
3115 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3119 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3123 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3124 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3125 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3128 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3129 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3130 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3136 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3137 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3139 static struct mips_got_info
*
3140 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3142 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3144 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3147 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3148 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3149 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3153 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3156 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3158 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3160 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3161 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3164 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3165 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3166 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3167 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3168 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3174 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3175 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3176 if creation fails. */
3179 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3185 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3187 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3188 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3190 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3195 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3199 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3205 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3208 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3210 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3213 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3222 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3225 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3242 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3243 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3247 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3251 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3252 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3256 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3257 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3260 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3262 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3263 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3272 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3278 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3285 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3289 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3290 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3291 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3293 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3295 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3296 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3298 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3300 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3301 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3303 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3306 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3309 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3311 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3316 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3318 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3320 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3321 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3323 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3325 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3326 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3328 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3331 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3332 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3334 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3337 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3340 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3341 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3345 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3348 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3349 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3350 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3352 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3356 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3360 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3361 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3362 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3363 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3365 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3368 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3370 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3371 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3374 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3375 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3376 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3377 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3378 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3380 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3381 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3382 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3384 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3387 /* General Dynamic. */
3388 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3392 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3393 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3394 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3395 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3398 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3399 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3400 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3401 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3403 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3404 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3408 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3409 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3411 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3416 /* Initial Exec model. */
3420 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3421 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3423 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3424 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3426 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3427 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3428 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3429 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3432 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3433 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3437 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3438 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3439 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3440 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3441 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3443 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3444 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3445 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3447 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3448 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3449 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3450 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3457 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3460 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3461 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3462 will be negative. */
3465 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3468 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3469 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3471 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3472 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3474 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3475 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3477 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3478 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3479 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3480 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3481 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3483 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3484 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3485 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3486 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3488 return got_address
- got_value
;
3491 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3492 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3493 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3494 offset can be found. */
3497 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3498 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3499 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3502 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3504 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3505 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3507 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3508 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3512 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3513 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3514 return entry
->gotidx
;
3517 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3520 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3521 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3523 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3524 long global_got_dynindx
;
3525 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3528 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3529 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3531 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3532 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3533 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3535 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3536 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3537 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3539 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3540 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3541 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3542 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3543 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3548 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3549 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3552 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3553 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3556 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3557 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3560 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3561 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3563 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3566 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3567 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3568 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3572 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3573 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3576 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3577 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3579 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3581 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3583 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3584 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3585 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3586 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3587 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3588 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3590 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3595 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3596 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3597 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3598 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3599 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3602 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3603 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3605 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3606 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3608 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3609 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3610 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3615 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3618 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3623 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3624 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3625 symbol that binds locally. */
3628 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3629 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3631 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3633 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3634 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3635 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3636 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3638 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3640 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3641 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3642 same in all cases. */
3643 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3644 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3646 return entry
->gotidx
;
3651 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3655 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3656 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3658 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3662 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3663 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3665 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3666 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3667 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3669 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3672 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3673 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3674 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3677 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3678 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3679 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3680 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3684 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3686 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3687 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3690 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3691 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3693 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3696 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3697 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3700 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3702 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3704 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3705 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3708 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3711 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3715 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3716 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3724 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3727 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3728 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3735 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3736 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3740 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3744 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3746 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3748 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3749 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3753 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3757 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3758 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3759 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3760 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3761 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3763 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3768 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3770 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3771 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3773 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3776 bfd_vma got_address
;
3778 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3779 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3780 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3783 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3784 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3785 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3786 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3787 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3793 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3794 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3795 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3796 the current linking stage. */
3798 static bfd_size_type
3799 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3801 bfd_size_type count
;
3804 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3805 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3808 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3810 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3811 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3812 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3813 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3814 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3815 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3821 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3822 appear towards the end. */
3825 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3828 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3829 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3831 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3832 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3834 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3842 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3843 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3844 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3845 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3846 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3847 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3848 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3849 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3851 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3852 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3853 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3854 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3855 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3856 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3858 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3859 table index in the GOT. */
3860 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3865 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3866 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3870 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3872 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3874 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3876 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3879 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3882 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3883 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3885 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3889 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3890 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3893 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3894 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3895 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3896 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3903 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3904 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3905 hash table directly). */
3908 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3909 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3911 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3912 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3913 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3914 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3916 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3917 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3919 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3923 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3924 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3927 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3931 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3932 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3937 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3938 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3942 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3951 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3952 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3953 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3956 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3957 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3958 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3961 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3962 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3963 unsigned char tls_type
;
3965 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3966 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3968 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3970 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3972 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3974 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3976 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3980 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3983 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3987 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3988 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3989 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3993 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3994 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3995 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3998 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3999 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4002 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4003 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4006 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4007 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4009 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4010 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4013 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4016 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4017 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4018 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4019 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4022 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4023 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4027 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4028 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4029 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4031 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4032 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4033 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4034 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4036 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4037 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4039 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4040 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4045 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4049 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4050 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4052 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4053 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4057 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4060 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4068 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4069 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4073 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4083 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4086 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4090 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4092 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4093 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4095 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4096 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4098 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4099 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4104 /* Make room for a null element. */
4105 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4108 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4112 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4113 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4114 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4115 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4118 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4120 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4121 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4123 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4124 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4125 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4127 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4130 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4131 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4137 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4141 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4142 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4143 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4144 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4147 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4149 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4150 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4153 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4154 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4155 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4156 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4157 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4158 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4160 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4167 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4168 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4170 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4171 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4174 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4182 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4184 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4193 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4198 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4201 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4203 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4206 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4209 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4210 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4212 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4213 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4214 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4215 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4218 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4220 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4224 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4225 seen the section. */
4226 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4229 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4237 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4239 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4240 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4241 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4243 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4244 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4245 a new singleton range. */
4247 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4249 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4253 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4254 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4255 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4263 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4264 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4266 /* Update the ranges. */
4267 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4268 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4269 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4271 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4273 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4274 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4275 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4278 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4281 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4282 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4283 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4285 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4286 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4292 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4293 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4294 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4295 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4298 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4300 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4301 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4302 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4306 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4307 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4308 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4310 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4312 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4314 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4316 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4319 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4321 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4322 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4323 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4326 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4327 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4331 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4333 /* Read in the symbol. */
4334 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4342 /* Get the associated input section. */
4343 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4350 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4351 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4352 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4353 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4354 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4358 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4359 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4360 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4361 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4363 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4364 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4367 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4369 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4377 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4378 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4379 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4380 that they require. */
4383 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4384 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4386 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4387 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4394 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4398 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4399 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4400 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4401 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4404 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4408 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4411 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4412 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4413 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4418 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4423 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4427 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4430 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4431 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4432 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4433 symbols later if appropriate. */
4434 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4437 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4438 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4439 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4440 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4441 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4444 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4445 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4446 the local rather than global GOT. */
4447 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4453 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4454 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4455 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4456 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4457 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4460 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4462 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4463 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4464 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4466 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4467 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4469 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4471 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4472 local or global GOT. */
4473 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4474 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4475 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4476 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4477 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4478 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4479 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4480 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4481 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4482 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4483 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4484 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4485 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4487 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4494 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4495 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4498 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4500 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4501 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4504 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4505 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4506 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4515 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4520 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4521 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4524 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4526 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4527 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4530 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4531 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4532 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4541 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4546 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4547 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4548 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4549 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4553 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4554 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4555 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4557 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4558 unsigned int estimate
;
4560 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4561 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4562 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4563 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4565 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4567 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4568 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4570 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4571 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4572 conservatively as well. */
4573 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4574 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4576 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4578 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4579 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4582 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4583 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4585 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4589 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4593 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4597 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4598 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4599 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4600 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4601 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4602 and then make make the new got current. */
4605 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4606 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4608 unsigned int estimate
;
4611 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4614 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4615 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4616 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4617 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4618 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4620 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4621 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4622 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4623 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4624 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4626 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4628 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4629 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4636 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4637 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4642 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4645 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4650 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4651 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4652 overflows anyway. */
4653 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4659 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4660 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4661 an index in a different GOT. */
4664 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4666 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4668 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4669 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4671 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4673 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4677 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4678 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4681 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4685 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4686 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4687 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4690 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4692 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4693 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4695 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4696 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4697 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4700 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4701 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4707 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4708 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4712 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4713 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4714 symbol to DATA->value. */
4717 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4719 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4720 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4722 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4723 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4724 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4725 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4726 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4727 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4731 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4732 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4733 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4734 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4737 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4739 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4740 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4743 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4744 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4745 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4746 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4748 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4753 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4755 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4756 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4757 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4758 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4759 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4765 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4766 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4767 lazy-binding stubs. */
4770 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4773 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4774 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4776 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4777 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4778 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4779 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4781 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4782 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4783 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4785 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4786 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4792 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4795 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4800 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4804 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4808 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4809 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4812 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4813 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4816 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4817 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4819 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4820 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4821 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4822 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4823 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4826 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4827 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4828 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4832 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4833 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4836 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4837 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4838 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4839 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4840 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4841 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4843 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4845 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4846 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4847 to be the primary GOT. */
4848 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4850 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4851 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4855 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4856 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4857 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4859 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4860 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4862 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4866 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4867 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4868 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4869 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4871 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4873 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4874 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4875 those that are actually referenced. */
4876 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4877 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4880 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4881 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4882 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4883 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4885 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4886 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4887 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4888 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4889 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4890 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4891 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4892 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4893 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4894 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4895 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4896 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4897 points back to the master GOT. */
4898 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4899 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4906 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4908 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4909 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4910 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4911 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4912 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4913 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4915 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4916 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4917 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4922 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4923 all non-TLS entries. */
4924 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4926 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4927 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4930 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4932 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4935 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4936 lazy-binding stubs. */
4938 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4942 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4945 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4947 unsigned int save_assign
;
4949 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4950 relocations they need. */
4951 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4952 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4954 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4956 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4959 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4960 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4962 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4964 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4965 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4966 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4967 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4968 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4970 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4972 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4975 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4982 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4983 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4985 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4986 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4987 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4988 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4990 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4992 while (relocation
< relend
)
4994 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4995 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5001 /* We didn't find it. */
5005 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5008 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5009 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5010 asection
**local_sections
)
5012 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5013 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5016 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5017 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5018 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5020 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5022 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5028 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5031 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5033 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5034 /* VALUE is negative. */
5035 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5040 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5041 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5045 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5047 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5049 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5050 /* The value is too big. */
5052 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5053 /* The value is too small. */
5060 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5063 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5065 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5068 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5071 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5074 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5081 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5084 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5087 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5094 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5097 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5098 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5101 register asection
*s
;
5103 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5105 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5108 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5110 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5111 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5114 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5120 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5123 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5126 register asection
*s
;
5127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5128 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5131 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5132 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5134 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5135 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5138 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5139 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5141 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5142 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5143 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5145 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5147 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5149 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5150 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5151 are not creating a global offset table. */
5153 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5154 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5155 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5158 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5161 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5162 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5163 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5165 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5166 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5169 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5170 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5171 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5173 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5174 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5175 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5178 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5181 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5186 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5187 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5188 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5191 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5193 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5194 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5195 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5196 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5199 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5200 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5201 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5205 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5206 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5208 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5209 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5210 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5211 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5212 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5213 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5220 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5221 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5222 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5223 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5226 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5230 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5237 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5238 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5239 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5241 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5242 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5243 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5245 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5246 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5247 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5248 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5250 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5251 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5252 asection
*input_section
,
5253 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5254 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5255 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5256 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5257 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5259 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5260 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5262 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5264 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5267 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5268 shared object file being produced. */
5270 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5273 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5275 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5276 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5277 during execution. */
5278 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5279 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5281 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5283 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5285 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5286 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5288 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5289 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5290 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5291 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5292 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5293 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5294 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5296 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5298 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5299 relocation value. */
5300 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5301 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5302 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5303 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5306 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5308 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5309 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5310 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5312 /* Parse the relocation. */
5313 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5314 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5315 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5316 + input_section
->output_offset
5317 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5319 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5320 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5322 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5323 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5324 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5325 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5327 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5328 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5329 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5332 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5333 must come before globals. */
5337 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5340 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5341 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5343 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5344 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5346 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5348 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5349 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5350 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5351 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5353 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5355 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5358 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5359 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5362 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5363 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5364 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5366 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5367 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5369 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5370 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5371 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5373 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5374 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5376 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5377 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5378 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5380 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5381 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5383 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5386 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5387 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5392 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5394 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5395 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5396 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5397 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5398 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5399 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5400 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5402 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5403 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5405 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5406 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5407 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5408 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5410 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5411 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5412 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5413 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5417 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5418 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5419 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5420 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5423 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5424 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5425 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5427 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5428 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5429 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5431 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5432 if (sec
->output_section
)
5433 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5434 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5435 + sec
->output_offset
);
5437 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5439 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5440 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5441 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5442 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5445 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5446 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5448 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5449 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5451 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5452 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5453 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5454 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5455 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5457 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5458 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5461 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5463 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5464 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5465 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5466 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5467 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5468 which is available from here:
5469 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5474 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5475 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
5476 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5478 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5479 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5480 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5482 if (reject_undefined
)
5483 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5488 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5489 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5492 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5493 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5495 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5497 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5498 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5500 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5501 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5502 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5504 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5505 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5507 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5508 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5509 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5511 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5512 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5516 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5521 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5524 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5525 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5526 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5527 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5536 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5537 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5538 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5540 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5541 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5542 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5543 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5544 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5545 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5547 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5548 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5549 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5552 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5555 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5556 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5558 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5563 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5565 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5567 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5574 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5577 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5580 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5581 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5583 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5585 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5586 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5587 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5589 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5590 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5591 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5592 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5595 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5596 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5597 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5598 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5600 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5601 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5602 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5605 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5606 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5608 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5610 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5611 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5612 + sec
->output_offset
5613 + htab
->plt_header_size
5614 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5615 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5618 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5619 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5622 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5623 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5624 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5627 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5628 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5631 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5632 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5633 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5634 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5635 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5637 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5638 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5639 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5640 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5641 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5642 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5643 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5644 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5645 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5646 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5648 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5650 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5651 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5653 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5658 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5659 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5660 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5661 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5663 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5664 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5668 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5669 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
,
5672 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5673 to need it, get it now. */
5676 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5677 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5680 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5681 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5682 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5683 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5684 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5685 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5693 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5694 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5695 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5696 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5697 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5698 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5699 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5701 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5702 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5704 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5705 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5707 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5711 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5712 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5713 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5714 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5715 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5716 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5718 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5719 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5720 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5724 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5725 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5727 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5728 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5729 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5730 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5733 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5734 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5735 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5739 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5740 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5742 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5745 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5746 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5750 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5751 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5752 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5754 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5758 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5759 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5761 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5762 + input_section
->output_offset
5763 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5764 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5765 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5766 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5768 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5769 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5771 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5772 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5775 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5778 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5782 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5785 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5786 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5787 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5788 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5794 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5795 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5797 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5798 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5799 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5800 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5802 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5803 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5804 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5805 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5807 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5808 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5809 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5810 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5811 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5812 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5814 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5822 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5826 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5827 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5831 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5835 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5836 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5840 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5841 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5842 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5843 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5844 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5846 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5850 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5851 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5853 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5854 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5859 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5860 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5862 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5863 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5864 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5865 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5866 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5869 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5870 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5871 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5875 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5876 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5877 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5878 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5882 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5883 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5885 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5886 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5887 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5890 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5891 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5892 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5893 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5897 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5898 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5899 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5900 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5901 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5902 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5907 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5910 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5911 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5915 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5916 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5917 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5921 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5922 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5923 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5924 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5925 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5926 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5927 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5928 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5929 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5930 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5931 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5933 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5939 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5942 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5945 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5946 for this conditional. */
5947 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5948 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5949 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5950 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5951 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5953 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5954 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5955 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5956 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5957 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5960 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5961 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5964 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5965 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5966 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5967 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5968 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5969 not check for overflow here. */
5973 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5974 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5975 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5976 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5977 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5982 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5983 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5984 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5985 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5986 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5987 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5988 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5989 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5990 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5991 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5992 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5993 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5994 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5995 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5996 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5997 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5998 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5999 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6003 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6004 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6007 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6008 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6011 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6012 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6013 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6014 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6015 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6017 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6018 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6019 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6020 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6022 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6023 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6030 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6031 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6032 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6033 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6034 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6035 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6036 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6037 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6038 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6039 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6041 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6044 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6045 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6052 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6053 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6055 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6056 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6057 will never trigger for them. */
6058 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6059 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6060 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6061 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6063 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6064 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6065 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6066 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6067 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6070 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6071 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6072 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6074 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6075 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6076 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6077 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6078 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6080 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6081 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6082 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6083 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6084 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6087 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6088 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6089 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6091 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6092 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6094 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6095 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6096 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6097 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6098 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6101 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6102 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6103 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6105 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6106 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6108 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6109 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6110 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6111 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6112 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6115 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6116 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6117 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6119 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6120 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6122 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6123 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6124 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6125 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6126 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6129 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6130 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6131 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6133 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6134 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6136 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6137 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6138 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6139 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6140 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6144 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6145 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6146 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6147 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6151 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6152 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6153 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6154 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6157 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6158 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6159 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6161 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6162 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6163 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6164 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6165 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6167 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6168 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6169 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6170 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6171 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6174 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6175 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6176 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6178 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6179 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6180 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6181 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6182 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6184 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6185 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6186 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6187 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6188 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6191 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6192 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6193 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6195 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6196 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6197 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6198 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6201 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6202 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6203 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6204 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6205 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6208 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6209 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6210 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6211 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6212 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6213 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6214 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6215 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6218 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6219 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6220 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6221 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6222 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6223 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6224 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6226 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6227 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6230 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6231 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6232 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6233 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6234 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6237 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6238 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6239 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6240 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6241 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6242 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6243 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6246 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6247 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6249 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6252 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6256 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6257 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6258 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6262 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6263 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6264 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6267 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6268 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6269 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6270 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6273 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6274 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6275 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6276 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6280 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6281 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6282 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6283 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6284 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6285 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6286 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6287 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6288 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6289 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6290 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6291 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6292 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6296 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6297 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6298 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6299 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6302 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6303 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6306 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6308 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6311 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6314 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6315 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6316 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6319 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6320 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6322 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6324 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6329 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6330 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6331 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6333 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6334 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6336 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6339 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6340 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6341 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6342 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6343 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6344 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6348 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6351 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6352 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6354 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6356 /* Obtain the current value. */
6357 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6359 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6360 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6362 /* Set the field. */
6363 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6365 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6366 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6368 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6370 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6371 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6374 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6375 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6376 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6380 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6383 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6384 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6386 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6387 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6389 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6392 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6394 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6399 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6403 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6404 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6407 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6408 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6409 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6410 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6414 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6415 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6417 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6419 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6420 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6421 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6422 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6426 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6428 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6433 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6435 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6441 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6443 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6444 + input_section
->output_offset
6445 + relocation
->r_offset
6448 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6450 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6452 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6453 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6454 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6455 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6459 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6460 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6462 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6464 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6465 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6466 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6471 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6473 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6474 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6475 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6476 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6477 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6478 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6479 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6480 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6481 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6482 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6483 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6489 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6490 + input_section
->output_offset
6491 + relocation
->r_offset
6493 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6494 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6498 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6500 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6501 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6503 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6507 /* Put the value into the output. */
6508 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6510 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6512 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6518 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6519 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6520 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6521 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6524 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6525 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6526 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6528 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6529 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6531 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6536 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6537 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6539 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6540 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6542 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6543 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6544 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6545 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6546 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6547 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6550 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6551 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6552 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6554 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6555 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6556 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6557 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6560 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6561 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6564 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6566 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6567 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6568 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6573 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6574 in the relocation. */
6575 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6577 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6578 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6579 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6580 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6582 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6583 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6584 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6585 undefined symbols. */
6590 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6592 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6594 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6599 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6602 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6603 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6609 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6610 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6611 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6612 local symbols because we used to generate them
6613 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6614 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6615 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6616 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6617 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6618 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6620 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6621 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6622 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6623 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6624 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6629 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6630 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6631 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6632 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6633 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6636 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6637 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6638 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6640 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6641 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6642 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6645 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6646 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6647 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6648 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6649 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6650 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6651 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6652 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6653 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6654 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6655 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6656 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6657 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6658 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6661 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6663 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6664 correct location in the output file. */
6665 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6666 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6667 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6668 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6669 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6670 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6672 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6673 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6674 relocation format is non-standard. */
6675 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6677 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6678 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6680 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6682 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6684 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6685 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6686 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6687 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6689 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6692 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6693 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6694 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6696 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6697 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6699 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6700 will be writing to it. */
6701 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6704 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6705 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6707 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6712 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6714 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6715 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6716 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6717 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6718 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6719 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6721 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6722 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6723 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6725 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6726 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6727 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6728 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6729 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6730 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6731 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6735 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6736 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6738 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6739 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6744 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6747 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6749 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6781 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6782 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6784 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6785 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6787 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6788 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6790 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6791 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6793 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6794 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6796 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6797 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6799 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6800 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6802 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6803 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6805 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6806 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6808 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6809 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6812 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6816 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6819 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6822 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6825 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6828 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6830 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6831 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6833 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6834 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6836 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6837 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6839 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6840 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6842 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6843 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6845 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6846 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6853 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6855 static INLINE
char *
6856 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6860 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6861 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6864 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6866 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6870 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6872 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6874 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6876 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6879 return "unknown abi";
6883 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6884 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6885 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6886 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6887 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6888 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6889 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6890 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6892 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6893 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6894 definition in a shared library. */
6895 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6896 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6897 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6899 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6902 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6904 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6906 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6907 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6908 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6910 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6911 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6912 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6913 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6914 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6915 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6916 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6918 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6919 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6920 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6921 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6922 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6923 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6924 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6925 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6926 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6927 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6929 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6933 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6934 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6935 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6936 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6937 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6940 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6941 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6943 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6944 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6945 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6946 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6947 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6948 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6949 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6950 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6951 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6952 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6954 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6955 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6958 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6959 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6964 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6966 if (section
!= NULL
)
6968 asym
->section
= section
;
6969 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6970 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
6971 base address to make it an offset. */
6972 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6979 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6981 if (section
!= NULL
)
6983 asym
->section
= section
;
6984 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6985 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
6986 base address to make it an offset. */
6987 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6993 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6994 or microMIPS one. */
6995 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6996 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6999 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7000 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7001 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7003 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7004 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7008 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7009 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7011 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7012 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7013 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7014 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7015 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7017 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7018 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7019 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7020 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7022 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7023 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7024 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7025 We therefore take the following approach:
7027 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7028 determine the pointer size.
7030 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7031 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7035 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7036 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7037 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7038 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7039 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7041 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7042 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7046 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7048 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7050 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7052 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7054 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7055 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7056 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7063 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7064 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7065 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7074 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7075 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7076 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7078 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7079 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7082 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7083 will jump there rather than to .text.
7085 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7086 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7089 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7091 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7094 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7095 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7096 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7100 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7102 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7103 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7107 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7109 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7112 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7113 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7114 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7115 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7121 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7124 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7125 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7129 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7130 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7131 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7132 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7134 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7136 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7137 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7138 so that we don't have to read them again.
7139 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7140 through the section contents to see if there is an
7141 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7143 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7145 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7146 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7148 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7150 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7152 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7155 /* xgettext:c-format */
7156 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7158 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7161 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7168 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7169 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7172 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7173 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7176 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7183 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7184 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7187 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7188 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7195 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7197 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7199 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7200 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7201 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7202 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7203 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7204 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7205 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7206 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7207 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7208 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7209 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7210 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7211 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7212 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7214 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7216 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7218 unsigned int adjust
;
7220 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7222 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7230 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7231 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7232 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7234 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7238 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7245 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7246 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7247 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7248 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7249 probably get away with this. */
7250 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7252 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7253 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7257 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7260 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7261 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7264 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7265 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7268 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7269 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7272 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7273 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7275 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7277 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7278 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7279 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7281 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7283 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7284 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7287 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7288 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7291 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7292 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7295 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7296 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7298 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7300 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7301 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7302 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7305 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7306 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7309 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7310 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7311 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7318 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7323 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7324 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7330 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7332 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7334 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7335 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7337 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7338 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7339 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7341 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7344 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7346 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7347 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7348 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7349 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7350 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7352 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7355 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7356 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7358 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7359 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7362 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7363 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7364 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7365 they should agree. */
7366 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7368 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7370 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7371 if (contents
== NULL
)
7373 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7380 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7381 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7383 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7385 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7387 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7390 /* xgettext:c-format */
7391 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7393 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7396 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7398 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7400 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7402 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7403 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7405 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7407 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7409 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7411 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7413 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7414 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7416 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7426 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7427 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7428 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7431 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7433 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7435 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7437 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7438 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7439 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7441 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7442 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7443 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7445 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7446 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7447 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7449 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7450 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7451 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7453 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7454 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7455 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7456 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7457 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7459 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7461 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7463 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7464 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7465 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7466 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7468 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7469 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7471 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7474 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7476 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7477 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7478 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7479 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7481 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7482 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7484 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7485 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7488 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7489 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7490 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7491 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7492 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7493 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7494 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7495 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7497 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7498 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7500 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7502 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7503 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7504 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7506 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7508 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7509 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7510 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7512 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7514 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7515 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7517 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7518 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7520 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7522 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7523 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7524 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7525 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7526 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7528 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7530 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7531 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7532 final_write_processing. */
7534 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7535 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7537 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7538 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7539 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7541 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7543 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7544 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7545 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7548 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7549 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7550 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7551 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7552 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7557 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7558 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7559 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7560 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7561 the .scommon section. */
7564 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7565 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7567 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7569 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7572 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7574 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7580 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7581 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7584 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7585 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7586 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7587 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7589 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7590 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7591 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7593 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7598 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7599 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7600 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7601 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7602 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7603 is not done for them. */
7605 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7606 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7612 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7615 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7616 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7617 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7618 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7619 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7622 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7623 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7624 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7625 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7629 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7630 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7632 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7633 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7634 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7636 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7637 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7640 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7641 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7642 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7645 /* Initialize the section. */
7647 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7648 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7650 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7651 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7653 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7654 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7655 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7656 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7657 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7658 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7659 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7661 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7662 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7663 so I took it out. */
7664 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7667 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7668 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7670 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7671 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7673 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7674 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7675 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7677 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7678 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7681 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7682 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7683 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7686 /* Initialize the section. */
7688 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7689 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7691 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7692 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7694 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7695 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7696 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7697 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7698 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7699 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7700 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7702 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7703 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7704 so I took it out. */
7705 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7708 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7709 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7713 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7714 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7715 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7716 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7718 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7719 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7721 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7723 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7724 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7725 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7728 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7731 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7733 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7736 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7737 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7740 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7741 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7742 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7743 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7749 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7750 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7751 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7754 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7755 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7756 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7757 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7759 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7760 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7761 common in the output file. */
7762 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7763 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7764 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7766 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7767 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7772 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7774 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7777 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7780 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7782 register asection
*s
;
7783 const char * const *namep
;
7784 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7786 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7787 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7789 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7790 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7792 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7794 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7796 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7799 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7804 /* We need to create .got section. */
7805 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7808 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7811 /* Create .stub section. */
7812 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7813 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7816 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7817 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7821 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7822 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7823 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7825 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7826 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7828 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7829 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7833 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7834 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7835 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7836 the linker takes such action. */
7837 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7839 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7842 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7843 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7844 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7847 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7851 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7853 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7857 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7858 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7860 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7864 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7865 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7867 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7869 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7871 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7873 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7875 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7878 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7880 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7882 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7884 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7887 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7891 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7893 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7894 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7895 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7898 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7901 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7903 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7906 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7908 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7909 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7910 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7911 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7912 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7913 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7915 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7917 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7918 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7919 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7922 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7925 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7927 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7929 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7933 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7934 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7935 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7938 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7939 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7940 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7946 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7947 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7948 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7951 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7952 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7953 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7955 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7958 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7959 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7960 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7961 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7963 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7964 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7965 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7968 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7969 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7970 of the section that REL is against. */
7973 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7974 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7977 unsigned int r_type
;
7981 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7982 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7984 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7985 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7986 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7987 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7989 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7991 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7993 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7999 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8000 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8001 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8002 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8003 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8006 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8007 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8008 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8009 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8011 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8012 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8013 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8016 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8017 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8018 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8019 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8020 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8021 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8022 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8024 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8026 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8027 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8028 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8031 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8033 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8034 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8035 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8036 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8037 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8038 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8040 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8041 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8042 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8043 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8044 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8047 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8048 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8049 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8051 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8052 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8059 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8060 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8061 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8064 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8069 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8070 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8072 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8076 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8079 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8081 static struct plt_entry
*
8082 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8084 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8086 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8090 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8091 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8092 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8093 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8097 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8098 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8099 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8102 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8103 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8108 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8110 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8111 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8113 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8114 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8117 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8119 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8122 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8123 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8125 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8126 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8127 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8128 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8130 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8131 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8133 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8135 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8136 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8138 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8140 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8143 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8147 /* xgettext:c-format */
8148 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8149 " stub section `%s'"),
8151 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8155 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8156 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8160 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8161 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8162 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8163 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8165 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8166 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8168 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8169 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8170 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8171 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8175 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8177 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8180 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8181 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8182 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8183 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8186 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8195 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8196 not need it. Since this function is called before
8197 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8198 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8200 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8204 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8206 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8208 unsigned long symcount
;
8212 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8213 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8215 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8216 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8217 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8220 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8223 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8224 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8226 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8227 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8228 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8229 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8235 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8236 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8238 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8239 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8240 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8242 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8244 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8245 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8246 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8247 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8248 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8249 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8251 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8255 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8257 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8260 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8263 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8266 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8269 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8273 /* xgettext:c-format */
8274 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8275 " stub section `%s'"),
8277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8281 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8282 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8286 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8287 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8288 that refers to this symbol. */
8289 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8291 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8292 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8294 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8295 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8296 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8297 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8301 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8303 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8306 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8307 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8308 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8309 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8312 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8321 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8322 not need it. Since this function is called before
8323 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8324 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8326 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8330 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8332 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8334 unsigned long symcount
;
8338 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8339 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8341 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8342 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8343 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8346 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8349 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8350 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8352 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8353 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8354 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8355 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8359 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8360 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8362 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8364 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8365 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8367 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8369 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8370 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8371 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8372 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8373 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8376 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8380 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8382 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8388 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8390 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8391 unsigned int r_type
;
8392 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8393 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8394 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8395 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8397 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8398 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8400 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8402 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8405 /* xgettext:c-format */
8406 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8408 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8413 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8416 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8417 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8418 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8422 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8423 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8424 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8426 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8427 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8428 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8430 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8431 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8432 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8433 .debug* should have no effect. */
8434 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8439 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8440 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8441 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8445 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8450 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8451 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8452 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8453 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8454 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8456 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8457 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8458 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8459 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8460 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8466 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8467 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8468 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8469 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8471 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8472 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8474 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8477 /* xgettext:c-format */
8478 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8479 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8480 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8483 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8488 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8489 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8490 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8491 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8494 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8495 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8496 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8497 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8498 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8499 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8500 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8501 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8502 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8503 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8509 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8510 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8511 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8513 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8514 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8515 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8516 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8517 against a read-only section. */
8518 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8520 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8521 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8522 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8523 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8524 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8525 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8527 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8529 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8535 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8536 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8538 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8539 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8540 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8541 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8542 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8543 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8544 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8550 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8552 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8553 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8556 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8558 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8559 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8560 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8561 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8562 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8563 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8566 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8567 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8568 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8569 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8573 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8577 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8578 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8579 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8580 relocations against the text segment. */
8581 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8584 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8585 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8586 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8587 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8589 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8590 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8591 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8592 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8593 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8594 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8595 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8596 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8597 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8598 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8603 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8604 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8605 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8610 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8611 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8615 /* xgettext:c-format */
8616 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8617 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8623 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8624 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8625 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8626 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8629 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8630 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8631 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8632 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8636 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8637 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8638 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8644 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8645 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8646 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8648 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8649 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8650 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8651 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8652 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8653 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8655 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8656 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8657 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8659 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8661 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8663 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8664 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8666 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8667 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8670 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8673 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8674 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8680 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8681 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8683 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8684 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8685 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8686 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8690 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8691 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8694 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8695 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8696 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8701 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8702 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8703 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8704 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8705 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8708 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8709 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8710 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8711 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8713 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8719 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8720 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8721 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8722 for TLS GD relocations. */
8725 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8731 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8741 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8742 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8743 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8744 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8748 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8752 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8754 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8755 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8756 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8757 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8758 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8759 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8760 relocations against the text segment. */
8761 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8765 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8767 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8768 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8769 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8770 it will be left as zero.
8772 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8773 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8775 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8776 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8778 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8779 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8780 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8781 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8782 are relocations against the text segment. */
8783 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8787 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8788 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8789 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8793 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8794 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8795 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8796 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8797 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8798 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8799 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8800 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8801 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8802 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8805 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8806 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8807 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8808 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8812 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8813 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8814 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8815 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8817 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8825 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8826 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8827 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8828 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8829 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8830 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8833 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8834 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8835 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8836 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8838 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8839 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8840 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8843 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8844 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8846 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8849 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8850 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8851 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8852 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8854 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8855 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8857 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8859 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8860 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8863 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8864 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8865 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8866 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8867 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8868 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8875 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8876 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8877 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8878 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8879 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8880 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8881 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8884 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8885 and has a special meaning. */
8886 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8887 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8890 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8891 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8898 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8899 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8901 /* xgettext:c-format */
8902 (_("%pB: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used"
8903 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8905 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8906 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8917 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8920 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8930 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8931 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8933 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8934 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8935 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8938 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8939 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8940 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8943 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8944 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8945 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8946 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8947 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8948 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8949 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8950 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8952 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8954 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8956 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
8957 we are not going to export. */
8958 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8961 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8963 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8965 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8972 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8973 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8974 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8975 relocations against it.
8977 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8978 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8980 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8982 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8983 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8984 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8987 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8988 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8989 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8990 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8991 against the text segment. */
8992 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8999 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9000 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9001 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9002 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9006 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9010 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9011 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9014 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9015 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9017 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9018 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9020 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9021 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9026 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9028 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9030 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9031 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9032 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9033 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9034 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9036 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9037 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9038 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9040 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9043 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9044 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9045 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9046 executable and the shared library. */
9048 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9050 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9051 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9055 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9056 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9058 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9059 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9060 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9061 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9062 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9063 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9064 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9065 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9066 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9067 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9068 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9069 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9070 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9072 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9073 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9075 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9076 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9077 for PLT offset calculations. */
9078 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9080 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9081 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9083 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9084 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9085 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9086 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9087 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9088 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9091 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9092 for the same reason as above. */
9093 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9094 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9097 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9099 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9101 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9102 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9104 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9105 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9106 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9107 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9109 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9110 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9111 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9112 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9113 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9114 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9115 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9117 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9118 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9119 else if (!micromips_p
)
9121 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9122 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9123 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9124 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9126 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9128 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9129 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9130 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9131 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9135 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9136 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9137 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9138 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9142 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9143 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9144 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9147 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9148 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9150 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9151 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9152 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9153 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9158 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9160 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9161 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9164 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9165 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9166 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9167 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9168 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9169 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9170 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9173 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9175 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9178 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9180 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9181 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9183 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9185 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9186 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9189 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9190 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9192 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9193 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9194 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9195 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9197 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9198 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9199 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9200 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9202 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9203 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9204 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9206 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9207 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9208 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9213 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9214 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9215 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9216 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9218 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9219 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9220 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9221 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9225 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9226 in regular objects. */
9230 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9231 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9232 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9235 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9236 some that we can't convert. */
9237 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9239 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9240 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9241 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9246 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9247 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9248 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9249 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9250 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9251 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9252 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9253 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9254 same memory location for the variable. */
9256 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9258 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9259 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9263 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9264 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9266 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9268 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9269 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9271 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9275 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9276 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9277 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9279 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9282 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9283 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9284 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9287 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9288 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9292 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9294 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9295 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9297 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9298 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9301 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9302 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9305 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9306 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9309 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
,
9310 sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9311 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9315 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9317 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9318 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9325 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9328 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9332 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9333 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9334 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9336 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9337 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9339 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9340 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9342 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9346 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9349 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9350 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9351 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9352 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9353 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9355 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9356 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9357 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9359 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9360 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9361 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9363 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9366 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9367 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9369 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9371 asection
*subsection
;
9373 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9375 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9377 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9379 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9380 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9384 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9385 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9386 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9387 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9390 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9391 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9392 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9394 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9396 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9397 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9399 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9400 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9402 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9403 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9404 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9406 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9407 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9409 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9411 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9416 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9417 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9418 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9419 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9420 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9421 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9423 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9424 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9427 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9428 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9431 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9432 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9434 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9435 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9436 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9438 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9440 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9446 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9449 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9452 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9454 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9455 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9457 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9460 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9461 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9462 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9464 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9465 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9466 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9468 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9469 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9471 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9472 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9473 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9474 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9475 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9476 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9477 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9478 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9479 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9480 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9481 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9482 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9483 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9485 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9486 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9487 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9489 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9492 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9493 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9494 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9497 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9499 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9501 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9505 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9506 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9509 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9511 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9512 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9513 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9515 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9516 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9517 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9518 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9523 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9524 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9525 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9526 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9527 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9532 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9533 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9536 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9538 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9539 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9540 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9541 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9543 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9544 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9547 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9550 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9553 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9555 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9557 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9560 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9561 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9562 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9564 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9565 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9566 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9569 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9576 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9577 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9578 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9579 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9582 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9584 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9585 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9586 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9591 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9592 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9594 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9596 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9597 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9598 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9600 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9601 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9604 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9610 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9611 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9614 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9615 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9617 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9620 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9621 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9622 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9628 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9631 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9632 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9635 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9636 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9637 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9639 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9640 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9641 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9642 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9644 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9646 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9647 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9649 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9650 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9652 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9654 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9657 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9658 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9659 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9660 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9661 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9662 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9664 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9665 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9667 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9668 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9669 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9671 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9672 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9673 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9674 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9678 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9679 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9680 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9682 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9683 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9684 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9685 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9686 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9687 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9688 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9689 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9690 else if (!micromips_p
)
9691 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9692 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9693 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9695 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9697 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9698 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9699 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9700 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9701 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9702 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9703 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9705 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9707 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9709 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9710 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9711 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9716 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9717 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9723 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9724 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9726 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9728 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9731 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9733 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9734 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9737 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9741 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9742 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9743 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9745 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9748 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9752 const char *outname
;
9755 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9756 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9757 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9758 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9759 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9761 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9763 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9765 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9766 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9767 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9770 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9771 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9772 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9775 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9776 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9777 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9778 will move them around between input sections'
9779 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9780 broken, so don't let it run. */
9781 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9784 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9785 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9786 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9788 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9789 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9790 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9792 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9793 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9794 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9795 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9797 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9798 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9799 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9800 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9801 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9804 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9805 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9806 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9807 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9808 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9809 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9811 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9817 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9821 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9824 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9825 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9826 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9828 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9833 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9835 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9836 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9837 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9838 the .dynamic section. */
9840 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9841 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9842 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9843 may only look at the first one they see. */
9844 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9845 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9848 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9849 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9852 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9853 used by the debugger. */
9854 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9855 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9856 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9859 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9860 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9862 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9864 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9867 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9868 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9869 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9870 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9871 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9874 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9877 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9878 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9880 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9881 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9882 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9884 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9887 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9890 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9896 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
9897 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
9899 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9902 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9905 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9909 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9912 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9915 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9918 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9921 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9924 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9927 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9930 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9931 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9934 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9935 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9936 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9937 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9940 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
9942 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9945 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9948 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9951 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9954 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9955 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9962 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9963 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9964 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9965 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9968 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9969 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9970 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9972 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9976 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9978 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9979 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9980 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9981 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9983 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9984 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9987 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9988 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9990 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9991 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9993 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9994 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9997 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9998 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9999 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10003 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10004 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10005 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10006 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10007 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10008 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10009 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10010 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10011 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10012 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10013 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10015 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10016 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10017 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10020 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10021 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10022 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10023 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10024 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10025 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10026 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10027 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10029 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10030 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10031 unsigned int r_type
;
10034 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10036 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10037 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10039 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10045 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10046 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10047 howto
, i
, contents
);
10052 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10055 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10056 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10057 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10058 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10059 asection
**local_sections
)
10061 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10062 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10063 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10064 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10066 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10067 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10071 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10072 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10073 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10075 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10076 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10078 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10081 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10082 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10084 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10085 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10087 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10088 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10090 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10091 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10092 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10094 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10099 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10102 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10103 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10104 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10105 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10107 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10110 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10111 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10112 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10115 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10117 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10118 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10119 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10123 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10125 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10126 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10127 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10128 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10129 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10130 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10131 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10133 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10135 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10136 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10139 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10141 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10142 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10143 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10144 RELA relocation. */
10145 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10148 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10149 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10151 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10152 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10153 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10156 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10157 contents
, &addend
))
10160 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10162 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10163 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10166 /* xgettext:c-format */
10167 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10168 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10170 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10174 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10177 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10178 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10179 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10182 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10184 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10185 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10186 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10188 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10190 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10191 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10192 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10193 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10194 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10195 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10196 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10198 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10200 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10201 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10202 source of the addend in the final link. */
10203 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10205 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10206 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10207 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10208 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10209 but for endianness. */
10215 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10217 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10224 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10225 do two separate stores. */
10226 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10228 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10230 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10231 high_bits
= addend
;
10236 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10238 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10239 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10241 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10245 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10246 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10251 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10255 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10256 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10257 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10259 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10260 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10261 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10262 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10264 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10266 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10267 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10268 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10269 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10270 local_sections
, &value
,
10271 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10272 use_saved_addend_p
))
10274 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10275 /* There's nothing to do. */
10278 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10279 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10280 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10281 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10282 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10285 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10286 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10287 info
->callbacks
->warning
10288 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10291 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10292 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10293 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10294 a given location. */
10298 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10300 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10301 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10302 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10303 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10304 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10305 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10307 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10308 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10310 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10311 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10313 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10314 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10315 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10322 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10324 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10325 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10326 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10327 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10328 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10329 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10330 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10331 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10332 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10333 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10334 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10335 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10336 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10337 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10340 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10341 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10344 /* Fall through. */
10351 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10352 until we reach the last one. */
10353 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10359 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10360 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10361 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10362 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10363 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10364 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10365 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10366 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10372 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10374 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10381 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10382 do two separate stores. */
10383 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10385 /* Undo what we did above. */
10386 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10387 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10389 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10395 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10398 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10399 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10400 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10404 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10405 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10406 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10407 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10414 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10415 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10418 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10420 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10422 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10425 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10427 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10428 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10429 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10430 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10432 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10433 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10437 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10446 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10447 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10449 /* Work out the target address. */
10450 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10451 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10453 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10454 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10456 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10458 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10459 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10460 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10462 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10464 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10465 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10467 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10468 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10473 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10474 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10479 /* This is trampoline. */
10481 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10483 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10484 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10485 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10486 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10487 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10488 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10489 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10493 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10494 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10495 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10496 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10502 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10503 adjust it appropriately now. */
10506 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10507 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10509 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10510 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10511 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10514 "__dso_displacement",
10516 "__program_header_table",
10520 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10528 const char* const *p
;
10531 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10532 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10535 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10537 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10539 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10540 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10542 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10544 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10546 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10552 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10553 dynamic sections here. */
10556 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10557 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10559 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10563 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10567 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10569 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10570 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10571 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10572 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10574 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10576 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10577 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10578 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10580 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10582 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10583 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10587 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10589 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10590 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10591 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10592 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10593 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10595 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10596 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10597 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10598 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10600 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10601 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10602 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10603 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10605 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10606 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10608 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10609 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10610 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10611 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10614 /* xgettext:c-format */
10615 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10616 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10618 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10619 (int64_t) got_address
);
10620 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10624 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10625 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10626 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10627 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10628 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10630 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10632 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10633 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10634 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10636 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10637 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10639 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10641 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10643 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10644 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10646 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10647 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10649 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10651 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10652 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10654 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10655 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10656 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10659 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10661 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10662 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10672 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10673 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10675 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10677 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10678 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10680 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10682 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10683 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10685 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10686 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10688 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10690 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10691 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10692 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10693 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10694 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10695 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10696 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10698 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10700 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10702 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10703 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10704 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10705 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10706 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10707 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10708 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10709 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10713 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10714 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10715 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10717 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10719 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10720 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10721 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10723 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10724 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10727 /* xgettext:c-format */
10728 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
10729 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10731 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10732 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
10733 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
10734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10737 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10738 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10739 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10740 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10741 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10742 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10743 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10747 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10748 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10749 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10750 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10752 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10753 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10754 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10755 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10756 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10757 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10758 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10766 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10768 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10769 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10770 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10771 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10772 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10773 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10774 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10777 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10778 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10779 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10781 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10783 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10785 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10787 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10789 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10790 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10792 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10795 /* Fill the stub. */
10799 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10804 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10805 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10810 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10813 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10815 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10817 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10818 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10824 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10830 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10834 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10835 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10836 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10837 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10838 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10840 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10841 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10842 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10845 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10846 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10853 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10855 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10857 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10859 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10863 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10866 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10867 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10868 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10869 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10871 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10872 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10875 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10879 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10880 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10883 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10884 only for the referenced symbol. */
10885 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10887 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10888 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10889 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10890 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10891 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10892 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10894 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10897 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10898 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10900 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10902 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10903 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10904 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10905 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10906 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10909 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10910 || h
->forced_local
);
10912 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
10913 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10914 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10916 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10917 the symbols that need them. */
10918 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10923 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10924 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10925 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10928 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10930 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10936 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10939 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10941 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10944 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10947 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10948 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
10949 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10950 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10952 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10953 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10955 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10956 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10957 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10958 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10959 appropriate addend. */
10960 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10962 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10963 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10964 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10966 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10967 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10970 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10971 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10972 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10976 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10977 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10982 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10983 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10984 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10985 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10986 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10987 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10988 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10990 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10991 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10994 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10996 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10997 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10999 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11000 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11002 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11004 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11006 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11007 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11008 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11009 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11011 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11013 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11014 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11015 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11016 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11020 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11026 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11027 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11029 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11030 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11031 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11032 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11033 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11034 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11037 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11038 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11039 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11041 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11042 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11043 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11045 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11046 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11048 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11050 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11051 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11057 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11060 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11061 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11062 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11063 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11068 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11069 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11071 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11072 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11073 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11074 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11076 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11079 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11080 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11081 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11082 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11083 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11085 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11086 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11088 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11090 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11091 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11093 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11094 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11095 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11098 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11099 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11100 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11101 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11103 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11104 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11105 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11107 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11108 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11109 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11111 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11112 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11113 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11114 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11116 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11117 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11119 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11121 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11122 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11123 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11127 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11129 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11130 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11131 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11133 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11134 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11135 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11136 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11137 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11138 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11139 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11140 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11142 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11143 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11145 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11146 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11147 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11148 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11149 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11151 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11152 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11153 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11154 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11155 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11156 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11158 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11159 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11161 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11162 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11165 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11166 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11167 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11168 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11169 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11171 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11173 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11174 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11177 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11179 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11180 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11181 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11183 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11184 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11187 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11191 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11192 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11195 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11196 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11197 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11198 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11199 + sgot
->output_offset
11201 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11202 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11203 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11206 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11209 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11213 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11215 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11216 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11217 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11218 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11220 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11221 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11223 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11224 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11225 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11226 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11229 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11230 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11231 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11236 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11239 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11242 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11243 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11244 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11246 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11247 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11249 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11250 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11251 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11252 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11253 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11254 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11255 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11256 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11258 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11260 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11261 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11262 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11263 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11264 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11266 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11267 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11268 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11269 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11272 /* xgettext:c-format */
11273 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11274 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11276 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11277 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11282 /* Install the PLT header. */
11283 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11284 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11286 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11287 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11290 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11292 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11293 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11294 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11296 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11297 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11300 /* xgettext:c-format */
11301 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11302 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11304 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11305 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11306 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11310 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11311 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11312 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11313 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11314 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11316 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11320 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11321 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11322 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11323 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11324 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11325 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11326 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11327 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11344 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11345 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11348 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11350 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11352 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11353 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11354 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11356 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11357 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11359 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11361 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11362 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11363 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11364 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11366 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11367 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11369 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11370 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11371 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11373 /* Install the PLT header. */
11374 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11375 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11376 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11377 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11378 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11379 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11380 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11382 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11383 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11384 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11385 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11387 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11388 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11390 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11391 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11392 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11393 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11394 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11395 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11397 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11398 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11399 in which symbols were output. */
11400 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11402 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11404 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11405 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11406 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11407 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11409 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11410 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11411 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11412 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11414 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11415 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11416 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11417 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11421 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11424 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11429 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11430 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11432 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11433 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11434 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11435 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11438 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11441 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11442 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11447 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11448 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11450 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11451 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11453 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11455 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11457 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11458 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11460 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11463 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11465 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11466 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11468 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11469 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11471 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11472 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11473 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11475 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11479 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11481 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11482 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11484 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11490 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11494 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11499 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11501 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11505 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11506 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11509 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11510 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11511 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11514 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11515 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11518 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11519 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11522 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11526 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11530 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11532 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11535 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11537 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11540 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11541 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11542 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11543 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11546 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11547 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11550 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11551 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11552 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11553 referenced within the same object. */
11554 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11557 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11558 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11560 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11563 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11564 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11565 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11566 /* Fall through. */
11568 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11570 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11571 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11574 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11576 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11579 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11580 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11583 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11586 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11589 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11590 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11593 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11595 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11597 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11598 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11602 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11604 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11605 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11606 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11609 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11610 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11613 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11615 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11616 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11617 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11618 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11619 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11620 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11621 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11625 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11626 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11627 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11628 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11632 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11633 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11634 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11636 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11640 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11641 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11645 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11646 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11647 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11651 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11652 the dynamic tag. */
11653 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11655 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11656 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11661 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11662 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11663 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11664 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11666 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11670 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11671 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11672 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11677 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11678 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11679 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11683 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11688 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11689 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11690 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11693 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11694 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11696 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11698 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11699 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11700 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11701 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11702 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11703 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11704 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11706 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11707 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11708 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11710 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11714 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11715 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11716 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11717 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11718 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11719 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11722 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11723 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11726 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11727 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11729 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11730 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11732 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11733 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11735 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11737 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11738 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11740 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11741 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11742 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11744 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11746 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11749 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11751 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11752 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11755 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11756 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11757 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11758 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11759 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11760 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11762 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11767 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11768 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11771 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11774 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11776 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11778 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11779 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11780 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11782 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11785 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11786 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11788 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11794 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11795 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11796 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11797 are trailing null entries. */
11798 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11799 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11800 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11801 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11802 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11803 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11804 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11805 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
11806 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11811 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11816 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11823 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11825 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11827 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11828 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11832 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11834 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11835 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11838 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11839 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11842 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11843 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11845 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11847 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11848 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11849 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11850 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11855 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11856 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11857 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11858 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11859 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11861 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11863 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11865 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11867 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11868 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11869 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11870 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11872 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11873 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11874 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11879 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11881 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11883 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11884 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11886 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11890 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11891 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11899 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11902 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11906 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11909 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11910 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11913 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11914 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11917 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11918 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11921 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11922 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11925 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11926 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11927 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11928 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11929 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11932 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11933 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11936 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11937 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11940 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11941 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11944 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11945 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11948 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11949 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11952 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11953 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11956 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11957 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11960 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11961 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11964 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11965 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11966 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11967 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11968 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11969 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11970 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11971 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11974 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11975 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11978 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11979 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11982 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11983 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11986 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11987 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11990 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
11991 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
11994 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
11995 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
11998 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11999 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12000 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12003 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12004 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12007 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12008 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12011 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12012 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12015 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12016 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12019 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12020 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12023 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12024 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12025 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12026 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12029 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12030 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12033 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12034 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12035 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12039 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12043 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12044 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12047 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12048 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12053 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12054 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12055 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12056 relocs to be sorted. */
12059 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12061 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12065 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12066 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12067 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12070 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12071 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12078 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12079 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12080 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12081 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12082 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12084 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12085 info for each special section. */
12086 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12087 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12090 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12092 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12093 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12094 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12096 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12099 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12100 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12101 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12102 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12103 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12104 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12105 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12106 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12109 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12110 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12111 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12112 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12113 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12114 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12115 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12116 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12117 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12120 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12121 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12123 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12124 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12126 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12129 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12130 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12131 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12132 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12133 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12134 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12135 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12138 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12139 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12141 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12143 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12144 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12151 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12155 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12156 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12161 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12162 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12163 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12166 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12167 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12170 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12171 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12172 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12173 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12176 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12177 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12178 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12179 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12182 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12183 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12184 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12185 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12191 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12194 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12198 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12201 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12203 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12204 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12206 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12207 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12212 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12216 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12218 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12220 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12221 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12223 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12224 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12232 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12234 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12235 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12237 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12238 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12243 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12247 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12249 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12251 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12252 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12254 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12255 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12263 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12264 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12265 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12267 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12268 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12269 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12270 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12272 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12274 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12275 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12280 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12282 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12284 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12285 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12288 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12290 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12291 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12292 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12293 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12294 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12295 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12296 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12297 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12298 *pm
= options_segment
;
12304 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12306 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12307 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12308 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12309 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12310 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12312 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12313 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12318 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12322 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12324 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12329 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12334 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12337 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12338 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12339 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12349 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12350 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12352 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12354 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12357 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12358 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12359 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12360 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12361 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12362 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12363 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12364 PT_LOAD segment. */
12365 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12368 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12370 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12372 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12376 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12378 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12380 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12382 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12383 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12390 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12391 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12396 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12397 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12399 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12402 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12403 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12410 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12412 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12414 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12416 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12425 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12426 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12428 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12429 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12430 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12431 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12432 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12434 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12435 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12436 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12437 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12438 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12441 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12442 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12444 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12445 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12447 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12448 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12452 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12456 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12464 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12468 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12469 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12470 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12472 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12474 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12477 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12479 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12480 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12484 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12487 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12490 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12491 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12495 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12497 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12501 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12504 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12506 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12507 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12509 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12517 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12518 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12519 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12520 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12523 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12524 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12525 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12529 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12531 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12532 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12533 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12534 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12535 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12536 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12538 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12541 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12542 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12543 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12544 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12545 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12546 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12548 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12549 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12551 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12553 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12554 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12556 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12558 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12559 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12561 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12563 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12564 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12566 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12567 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12568 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12569 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12570 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12571 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12574 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12577 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12578 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12581 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12582 unsigned char *tdata
;
12585 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12590 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12592 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12593 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12596 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12600 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12601 info
->keep_memory
);
12608 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12609 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12611 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12613 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12622 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12623 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12624 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12625 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12631 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12632 free (cookie
->rels
);
12638 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12640 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12646 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12647 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12648 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12650 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12653 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12656 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12660 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12661 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12663 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12665 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12668 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12671 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12672 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12676 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12677 from output by default for clarity. */
12680 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12682 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12685 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12686 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12688 struct mips_elf_find_line
12690 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12691 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12695 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12696 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12697 const char **filename_ptr
,
12698 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12699 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12700 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12704 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12705 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12706 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12707 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12708 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12709 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
12710 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12711 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12714 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
12715 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
12716 if ((functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
== NULL
)
12717 || (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
== NULL
))
12719 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
12720 if (functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
!= NULL
)
12721 functionname_ptr
= NULL
;
12723 if (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
!= NULL
)
12724 filename_ptr
= NULL
;
12726 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12727 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
);
12733 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12736 flagword origflags
;
12737 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12738 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12739 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12741 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12742 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12743 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12744 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12745 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12746 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12748 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12751 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12754 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12755 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12757 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12760 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12764 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12766 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12770 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12771 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12772 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12773 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12775 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12778 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12779 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12780 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12781 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12782 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12783 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12784 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12786 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12788 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12789 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12790 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12791 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12792 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12793 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12796 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12797 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12800 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12804 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12807 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12809 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12810 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12811 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12815 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12816 const char **filename_ptr
,
12817 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12818 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12821 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12822 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12823 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12828 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12829 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12830 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12833 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12834 const void *location
,
12835 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12837 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12841 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12843 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12844 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12845 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12848 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12851 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12854 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12857 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12860 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12864 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12865 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12868 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12870 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12871 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12873 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12876 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12877 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12878 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12881 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12882 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12885 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12888 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12889 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12892 /* read in the section */
12893 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12894 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12897 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12901 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12904 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12909 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12912 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12913 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12914 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12915 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12916 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12920 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12921 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12928 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12929 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12930 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12933 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12934 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12936 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12938 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12939 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12941 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12943 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12952 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12954 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12955 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12957 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12958 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12959 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12961 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12962 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12963 to the generic handling. */
12965 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12966 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12967 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12968 input_section
, relocatable
,
12971 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12973 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12978 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12980 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12981 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12985 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12989 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12990 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12991 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12992 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12994 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12995 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12996 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12997 (link_info
, error_message
,
12998 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13000 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13001 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13003 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13004 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13005 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13007 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13016 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13017 free (reloc_vector
);
13021 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13022 free (reloc_vector
);
13027 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13028 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13031 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13032 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13033 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13034 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13035 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13036 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13037 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13038 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13039 unsigned int symcount
;
13041 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13042 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13044 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13045 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13047 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13048 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13049 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13050 sec
->size
-= count
;
13052 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13053 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13055 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13056 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13057 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13060 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13061 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13063 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13064 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13065 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13066 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13067 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13068 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13070 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13071 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13072 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13073 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13074 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13076 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13078 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13080 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13081 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13082 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13084 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13086 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13087 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13089 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13097 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13098 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13100 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13101 unsigned long match
;
13102 unsigned long mask
;
13105 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13109 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13111 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13112 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13114 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13116 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13117 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13120 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13122 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13123 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13124 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13125 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13128 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13129 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13131 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13132 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13134 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13135 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13137 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13138 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13140 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13141 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13143 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13144 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13147 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13149 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13150 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13151 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13153 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13155 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13156 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13157 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13158 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13161 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13162 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13163 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13164 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13167 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13168 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13169 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13170 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13173 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13174 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13175 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13176 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13179 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13181 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13182 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13185 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13187 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13188 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13190 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13191 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13193 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13194 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13196 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13197 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13199 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13200 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13202 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13204 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13205 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13207 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13208 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13210 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13211 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13212 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13213 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13216 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13218 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13219 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13221 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13222 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13223 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13227 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13229 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13230 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13232 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13233 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13235 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13236 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13238 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13240 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13242 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13243 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13245 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13246 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13247 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13248 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13252 /* LUI instruction. */
13254 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13255 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13258 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13260 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13261 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13263 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13264 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13266 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13267 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13270 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13272 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13273 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13274 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13275 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13277 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13278 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13280 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13281 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13282 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13283 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13286 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13287 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13290 /* NOP instructions. */
13292 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13293 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13295 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13296 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13299 /* Instruction match support. */
13301 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13304 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13306 unsigned long indx
;
13308 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13309 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13316 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13318 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13319 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13320 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13321 the second half of another instruction. */
13324 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13326 unsigned long opcode
;
13329 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13330 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13331 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13333 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13334 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13335 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13338 /* No delay slot. */
13344 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13345 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13346 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13347 the second half of another instruction. */
13350 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13352 unsigned long opcode
;
13355 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13356 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13357 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13359 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13360 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13363 /* No delay slot. */
13369 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13370 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13373 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13375 unsigned long opcode
;
13377 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13378 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13380 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13382 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13383 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13384 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13386 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13392 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13393 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13396 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13398 unsigned long opcode
;
13400 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13401 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13403 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13404 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13405 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13407 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13408 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13409 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13410 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13411 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13412 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13413 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13414 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13420 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13421 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13422 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13425 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13426 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13427 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13429 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13430 unsigned long opcode
;
13432 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13433 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13436 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13437 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13438 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13444 /* Bitsize checking. */
13445 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13446 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13447 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13451 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13452 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13453 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13455 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13457 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13458 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13459 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13460 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13462 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13465 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13466 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13469 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13470 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13471 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13472 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13475 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13477 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13478 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13479 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13480 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13481 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13484 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13485 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13486 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13488 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13489 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13490 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13491 unsigned long opcode
;
13497 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13498 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13502 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13504 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13505 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13506 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13509 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13510 if (contents
== NULL
)
13512 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13513 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13514 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13515 /* Go get them off disk. */
13516 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13519 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13521 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13522 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13524 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13525 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13526 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13527 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13529 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13533 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13534 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13536 /* A local symbol. */
13537 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13540 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13541 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13542 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13543 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13544 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13545 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13546 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13548 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13549 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13550 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13551 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13552 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13556 unsigned long indx
;
13557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13559 /* An external symbol. */
13560 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13561 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13562 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13564 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13565 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13566 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13567 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13568 regular reloc processing. */
13571 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13572 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13573 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13574 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13575 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13579 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13580 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13581 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13582 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13583 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13584 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13585 the linker is run. */
13587 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13588 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13591 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13593 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13594 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13596 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13599 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13600 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13601 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13603 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13605 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13606 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13607 out the offset). */
13608 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13610 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13611 unsigned long nextopc
;
13615 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13617 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13618 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13619 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13622 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13623 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13624 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13625 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13628 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13629 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13630 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13631 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13634 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13635 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13636 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13637 it through if so. */
13638 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13639 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13640 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13641 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13642 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13643 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13645 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13647 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13650 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13652 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13653 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13654 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13655 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13656 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13657 switch (offset
- 4)
13662 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13666 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13673 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13675 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13677 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13680 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13681 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13682 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13684 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13685 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13687 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13688 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13690 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13691 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13692 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13693 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13694 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13695 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13698 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13699 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13700 the PC-relative distance. */
13701 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13702 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13703 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13704 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13705 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13707 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13708 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13710 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13711 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13712 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13714 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13715 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13718 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13722 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13723 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13725 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13730 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13731 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13732 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13733 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13734 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13735 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13736 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13737 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13739 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13740 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13741 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13742 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13744 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13748 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13750 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13751 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13752 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13753 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13755 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13757 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13758 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13762 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13763 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13765 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13766 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13767 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13769 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13770 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13772 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13775 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13778 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13783 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13784 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13786 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13787 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13788 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13789 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13790 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13791 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13795 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13797 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13798 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13800 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13802 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13803 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13804 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13807 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13812 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13814 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13815 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13816 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13817 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13819 unsigned long n32opc
;
13820 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13822 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13824 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13826 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13827 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13831 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13833 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13835 (move_insn_16
.match
13836 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13837 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13842 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13843 instructions will be handled here later. */
13847 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13848 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13849 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13851 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13859 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13860 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13861 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13862 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13864 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13865 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13866 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13869 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13870 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13875 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13876 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13878 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13882 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13883 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13887 if (contents
!= NULL
13888 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13890 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13894 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13895 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13899 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13900 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13901 free (internal_relocs
);
13906 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13907 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13909 if (contents
!= NULL
13910 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13912 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13913 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13914 free (internal_relocs
);
13919 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13921 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13922 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13925 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13927 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13931 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13932 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13933 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13939 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13940 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13942 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13945 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13947 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13948 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13950 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13952 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13955 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13957 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13958 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13959 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13964 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13965 and copy relocs. */
13968 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13970 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13973 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13974 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
13975 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
13978 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
13979 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
13981 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
13982 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
13985 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13987 struct mips_mach_extension
13989 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13993 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13994 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13996 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13998 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13999 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14000 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14001 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14002 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14003 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14004 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14006 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14007 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14008 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14009 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14011 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14012 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14014 /* R10000 extensions. */
14015 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14016 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14017 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14019 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14020 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14021 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14022 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14023 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14024 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14025 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14027 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14028 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14029 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14030 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14031 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14032 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14034 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14035 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14036 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14038 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14039 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14040 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14041 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14042 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14043 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14044 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14045 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14046 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14047 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14049 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14050 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14052 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14053 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14055 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14056 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14058 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14059 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14060 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14061 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14063 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14064 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14065 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14068 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14071 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14075 if (extension
== base
)
14078 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14079 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14082 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14083 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14086 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14087 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14089 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14090 if (extension
== base
)
14097 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14099 static unsigned long
14100 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14104 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14105 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14106 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14107 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14108 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14109 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14110 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14111 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14112 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14113 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14114 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14115 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14116 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14117 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14118 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14119 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14120 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14121 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14125 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14128 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14130 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14132 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14133 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14134 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14135 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14136 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14137 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14138 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14139 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14140 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14141 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14142 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14143 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14144 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14145 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14146 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14147 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14148 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14149 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14150 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14151 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14156 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14157 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14159 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14160 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14161 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14163 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14166 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14169 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14171 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14172 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14173 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14174 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14175 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14176 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14177 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14178 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14179 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14180 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14181 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14184 /* xgettext:c-format */
14185 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14186 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14189 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14191 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14192 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14195 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14196 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14197 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14198 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14201 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14204 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14206 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14207 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14208 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14209 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14210 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14211 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14212 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14213 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14216 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14219 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14221 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14223 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14224 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14226 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14227 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14229 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14231 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14233 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14234 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14236 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14237 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14238 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14239 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14240 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14241 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14242 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14243 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14244 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14246 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14248 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14249 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14250 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14251 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14252 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14253 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14255 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14256 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14257 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14258 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14259 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14260 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14263 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14264 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14265 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14268 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14271 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14272 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14273 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14274 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14275 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14276 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14278 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14279 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14280 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14285 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14287 static const char * const secname
[] =
14289 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14290 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14292 static const int sc
[] =
14294 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14295 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14298 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14299 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14301 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14303 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14306 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14308 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14310 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14314 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14315 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14317 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14319 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14320 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14321 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14322 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14323 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14324 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14325 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14326 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14327 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14328 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14329 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14330 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14332 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14334 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14336 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14337 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14339 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14342 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14343 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14347 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14348 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14349 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14353 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14355 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14356 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14358 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14359 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14360 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14362 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14364 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14365 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14366 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14367 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14369 asection
*input_section
;
14371 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14373 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14378 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14380 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14381 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14382 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14385 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14386 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14388 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14389 matters, but someday it might). */
14390 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14395 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14397 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14399 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14400 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14401 the information together. */
14402 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14404 asection
*input_section
;
14406 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14410 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14412 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14417 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14418 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14420 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14421 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14422 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14423 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14427 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14429 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14430 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14431 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14432 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14433 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14435 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14436 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14437 finally written out. */
14439 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14440 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14441 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14444 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14445 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14447 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14448 matters, but someday it might). */
14449 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14454 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14456 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14459 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14460 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14461 the information together. */
14462 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14463 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14464 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14465 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14466 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14467 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14468 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14469 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14470 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14471 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14472 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14473 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14474 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14476 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14478 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14479 debug_info structure. */
14481 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14482 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14483 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14484 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14485 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14487 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14488 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14489 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14490 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14492 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14493 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14497 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14501 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14502 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14503 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14504 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14506 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14508 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14509 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14512 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14513 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14516 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14517 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14518 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14522 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14524 asection
*input_section
;
14526 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14527 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14531 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14533 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14538 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14539 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14541 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14543 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14544 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14545 want to deal with it. */
14549 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14550 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14552 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14554 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14555 read in the debugging information and set up an
14556 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14557 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14561 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14562 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14563 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14566 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14567 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14568 the linker global hash table and save the information
14569 for the output external symbols. */
14570 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14571 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14572 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14573 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14575 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14576 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14580 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14582 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14583 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14584 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14585 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14588 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14589 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14590 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14591 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14596 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14597 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14598 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14604 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14605 free (input_debug
.line
);
14606 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14607 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14608 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14609 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14610 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14611 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14612 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14613 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14614 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14615 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14617 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14618 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14619 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14622 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14624 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14625 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14626 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14628 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14629 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14631 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14634 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14635 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14639 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14645 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14648 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14650 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14651 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14652 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14656 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14657 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14659 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14660 matters, but someday it might). */
14661 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14666 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14668 const char *subname
;
14671 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14674 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14675 information describing how the small data area would
14676 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14677 not used in executables files. */
14678 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14680 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14682 asection
*input_section
;
14684 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14686 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14691 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14693 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14694 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14695 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14698 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14699 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14700 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14702 /* Really remove the section. */
14703 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14704 --abfd
->section_count
;
14709 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14710 uninitialized data. */
14711 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14712 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14713 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14718 /* xgettext:c-format */
14719 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
14720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14724 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14725 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14726 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14727 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14728 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14729 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14730 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14732 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14733 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14735 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14736 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14737 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14740 /* Set up the first entry. */
14742 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14743 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14746 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14747 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14749 /* Combine the input sections. */
14750 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14752 asection
*input_section
;
14754 bfd_size_type size
;
14755 unsigned long last
;
14756 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14758 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14760 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14765 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14766 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14768 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14769 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14770 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14771 size
= input_section
->size
;
14773 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14775 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14777 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14778 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14784 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14785 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14786 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14792 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14794 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14795 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14798 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14800 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14801 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14803 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14809 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14812 /* We need a new table entry. */
14813 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14814 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14815 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14821 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14822 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14824 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14825 value, since that will be implied by this new
14828 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14830 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14832 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14833 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14837 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14838 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14843 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14846 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14847 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14848 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14851 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14853 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14855 /* Swap out the table. */
14856 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14857 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14858 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14864 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14865 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14868 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14869 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14871 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14872 matters, but someday it might). */
14873 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14877 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14878 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14881 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14883 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14885 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14886 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14888 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14890 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14891 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14893 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14894 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14896 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14897 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14901 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14903 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14905 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14906 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14910 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14912 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14913 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14915 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14918 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14921 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14923 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14924 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14925 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14929 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14931 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14932 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14933 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14937 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14939 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14940 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14942 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14943 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14944 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14952 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14953 if there are conflicting settings. */
14956 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14958 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
14959 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14960 flagword old_flags
;
14961 flagword new_flags
;
14964 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14965 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14966 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14968 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14970 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14971 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14973 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14974 doesn't seem to matter. */
14975 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14976 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14978 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14979 just be able to ignore this. */
14980 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14981 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14983 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14984 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14985 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14987 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14992 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14993 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14996 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15001 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15002 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15003 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15004 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15006 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15007 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15009 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15010 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15013 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15017 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15019 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15020 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15022 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15023 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15024 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15025 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15026 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15027 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15028 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15030 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15031 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15033 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15034 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15035 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15036 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15037 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15038 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15042 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15044 /* xgettext:c-format */
15045 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15047 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15048 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15053 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15054 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15056 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15057 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15058 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15059 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15060 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15062 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15063 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15064 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15065 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15068 /* xgettext:c-format */
15069 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15071 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15072 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15075 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15076 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15079 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15080 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15081 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15083 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15084 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15085 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15086 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15087 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15088 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15090 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15093 /* xgettext:c-format */
15094 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15096 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15097 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15101 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15103 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15104 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15107 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15108 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15110 /* xgettext:c-format */
15111 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15113 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15114 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15115 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15116 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15118 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15119 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15122 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15123 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15125 /* xgettext:c-format */
15126 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15128 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15129 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15130 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15131 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15133 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15134 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15137 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15138 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15140 /* xgettext:c-format */
15142 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15144 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15151 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15152 there are conflicting attributes. */
15154 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15156 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15157 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15158 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15162 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15163 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15164 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15165 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15167 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15169 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15170 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15172 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15174 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15175 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15177 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15179 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15184 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15185 non-conflicting ones. */
15186 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15187 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15191 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15192 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15193 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15194 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15195 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15196 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15197 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15198 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15199 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15201 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15202 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15204 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15205 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15206 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15207 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15208 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15209 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15210 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15212 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15213 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15215 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15216 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15217 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15218 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15220 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15222 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15223 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15224 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15225 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15226 /* xgettext:c-format */
15228 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15229 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15230 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15231 else if (!out_string
)
15233 /* xgettext:c-format */
15234 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15235 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15236 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15237 else if (!in_string
)
15239 /* xgettext:c-format */
15240 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15241 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15242 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15245 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15246 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15247 really relevant to the error message. */
15248 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15249 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15250 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15251 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15253 /* xgettext:c-format */
15254 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15255 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15260 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15261 non-conflicting ones. */
15262 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15264 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15265 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15266 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15267 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15268 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15270 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15272 /* xgettext:c-format */
15273 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15274 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15275 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15276 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15280 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15282 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15284 /* xgettext:c-format */
15285 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15286 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15287 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15288 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15293 /* xgettext:c-format */
15294 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15295 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15296 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15297 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15303 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15304 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15307 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15308 there are conflicting settings. */
15311 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15313 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15314 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15315 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15317 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15318 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15320 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15321 /* Merge abiflags. */
15322 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15323 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15324 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15325 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15326 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15327 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15328 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15329 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15330 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15331 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15333 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15334 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15339 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15340 object file when linking. */
15343 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15345 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15346 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15347 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15348 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15352 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15353 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15356 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15361 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15364 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15365 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15367 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15370 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15375 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15376 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15377 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15378 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15380 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15381 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15382 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15383 not affect compatibility. */
15384 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15385 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15386 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15388 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15389 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15390 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15392 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15396 if (null_input_bfd
)
15399 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15400 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15402 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15403 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15404 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15406 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15408 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15409 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15411 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15412 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15414 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15415 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15416 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15417 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15419 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15420 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15422 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15423 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15424 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15425 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15427 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15428 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15429 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15431 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15432 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15433 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15435 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15436 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15438 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15439 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15440 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15442 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15443 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15444 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15448 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15449 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15452 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15454 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15455 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15456 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15459 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15461 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15462 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15463 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15464 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15466 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15467 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15468 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15469 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15471 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15472 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15475 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15476 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15482 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15484 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15486 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15497 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15500 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15502 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15503 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15505 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15506 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15511 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15515 default: return "";
15516 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15517 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15518 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15519 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15520 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15521 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15522 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15523 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15524 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15525 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15526 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15527 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15529 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15530 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15531 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15532 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15533 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15534 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15535 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15536 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15537 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15538 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15539 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15540 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15541 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15542 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15543 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15544 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15545 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15546 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15547 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15548 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15549 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15550 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15551 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15552 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15553 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15554 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15555 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15556 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15557 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15558 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15559 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15560 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15561 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15562 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15563 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15564 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15565 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15566 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15567 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15568 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15569 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15570 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15571 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15572 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15573 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15574 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15575 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15576 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15577 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15578 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15579 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15580 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15581 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15582 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15583 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15584 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15585 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15586 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15587 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15588 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15589 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15590 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15591 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15592 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15593 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15594 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15595 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15596 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15597 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15598 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15599 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15600 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15601 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15602 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15603 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15604 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15605 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15606 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15607 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15611 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15615 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15619 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15621 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15622 return "-mdouble-float";
15624 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15625 return "-msingle-float";
15627 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15628 return "-msoft-float";
15630 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15631 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15633 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15636 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15637 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15639 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15640 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15648 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15650 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15651 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15652 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15653 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15654 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15655 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15656 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15657 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15658 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15659 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15660 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15661 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15662 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15663 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15664 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15665 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15666 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15667 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15668 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15669 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15670 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15671 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15672 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15673 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15674 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15675 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15676 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15677 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15678 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
15679 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
15680 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
15681 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
15682 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
15683 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
15684 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
15685 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
15686 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
15687 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
15688 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
15689 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
15690 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
15691 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
15693 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15694 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15695 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15699 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15704 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15707 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15709 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15710 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15712 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15713 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15715 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15716 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15718 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15719 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15722 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15725 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15728 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15731 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15734 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15736 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15737 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15740 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15743 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15746 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15749 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15752 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15754 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15755 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15757 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15758 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15760 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
15761 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
15764 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15770 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15774 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15775 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15777 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15778 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15780 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15781 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15783 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15784 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15786 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15787 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15789 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15790 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15792 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15793 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15795 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15796 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15799 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15805 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15807 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15808 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15809 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15810 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15815 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15819 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15821 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15822 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15824 /* xgettext:c-format */
15825 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15827 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15828 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15829 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15830 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15831 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15832 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15833 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15834 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15835 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15836 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15837 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15838 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15839 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15840 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15842 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15844 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15845 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15846 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15847 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15848 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15849 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15850 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15851 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15852 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15853 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15854 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15855 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15856 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15857 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15858 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15859 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15860 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15861 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15862 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15863 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15864 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15865 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15867 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15869 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15870 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15872 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15873 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15875 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15876 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15878 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15879 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15881 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15882 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15884 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15885 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15887 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15889 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15890 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15892 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15893 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15895 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15896 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15898 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15899 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15901 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15902 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15904 fputc ('\n', file
);
15906 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15908 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15909 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15910 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15911 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15912 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15913 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15914 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15915 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15916 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15917 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15918 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15919 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15920 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15921 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15922 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15923 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15924 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15925 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15926 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15927 fputc ('\n', file
);
15933 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15935 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15936 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15941 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15944 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15945 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15946 definiton of the symbol. */
15948 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15949 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15950 bfd_boolean definition
,
15951 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15953 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15955 unsigned char other
;
15957 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15958 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15959 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15963 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15964 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15967 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15968 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15970 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15972 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15976 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15978 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15979 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15980 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15983 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15984 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15987 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15988 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15991 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15992 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15995 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15996 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15997 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15998 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15999 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16000 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16001 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16002 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16005 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16006 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16007 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16008 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16011 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16012 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16013 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16014 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16016 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16018 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16020 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16021 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16022 unsigned int other
;
16023 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16042 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16045 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16046 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16049 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16050 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16053 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16057 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16058 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16060 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16062 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16063 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16064 PLT slots per relocation. */
16065 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16066 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16067 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16068 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16069 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16070 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16071 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16073 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16074 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16076 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16079 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16082 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16085 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16087 names
= (char *) send
;
16088 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16091 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16092 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16096 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16097 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16099 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16103 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16104 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16108 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16113 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16117 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16118 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16119 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16123 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16124 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16125 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16127 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16128 const char *suffix
;
16133 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16135 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16136 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16140 /* Truncated table??? */
16141 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16143 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16144 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16145 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16146 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16147 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16149 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16150 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16154 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16155 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16156 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16158 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16159 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16160 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16161 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16162 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16163 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16165 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16166 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16168 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16169 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16170 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16171 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16172 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16173 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16174 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16175 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16176 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16178 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16181 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16182 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16183 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16184 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16185 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16186 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16187 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16188 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16191 /* Truncated table??? */
16192 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16196 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16197 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16204 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16205 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16206 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16207 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16208 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16209 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16211 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16213 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16215 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16216 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16217 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16220 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16222 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16223 names
+= suffixlen
;
16226 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16235 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16237 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16238 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16240 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16242 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16245 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16246 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16247 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16250 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16251 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16252 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16253 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16258 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16260 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16261 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16263 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16266 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16267 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16269 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16270 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16273 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16274 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16275 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16277 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16281 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16282 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16284 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16287 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16290 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16291 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16293 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;